Document:

exv4w1

Exhibit 4.1

 

WCA WASTE CORPORATION

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

71/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of June 7, 2011

 

BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas

Trustee

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

	 	 	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture	 	Indenture	 
	Act Section	 	Section	 
	310 (a)(1)
	 	 	7.10	 
	  (a)(2)
	 	 	7.10	 
	  (a)(3)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	  (a)(4)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	  (a)(5)
	 	 	7.10	 
	  (b)
	 	 	7.08; 7.10	 
	  (c)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	311 (a)
	 	 	7.11	 
	  (b)
	 	 	7.11	 
	  (c)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	312 (a)
	 	 	2.05	 
	  (b)
	 	 	12.03	 
	  (c)
	 	 	12.03	 
	313 (a)
	 	 	7.06	 
	  (b)(2)
	 	 	7.06; 7.07	 
	  (c)
	 	 	7.06; 12.02	 
	  (d)
	 	 	7.06	 
	314 (a)
	 	 	4.03; 4.04; 12.02; 12.05	 
	  (c)(1)
	 	 	12.04	 
	  (c)(2)
	 	 	12.04	 
	  (c)(3)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	  (e)
	 	 	12.05	 
	  (f)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	315 (a)
	 	 	7.01	 
	  (b)
	 	 	7.05; 12.02	 
	  (c)
	 	 	7.01	 
	  (d)
	 	 	7.01	 
	  (e)
	 	 	6.11	 
	316 (a) (last sentence)
	 	 	2.09	 
	  (a)(1)(A)
	 	 	6.05	 
	  (a)(1)(B)
	 	 	6.04	 
	  (a)(2)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	  (b)
	 	 	6.07; 9.02	 
	  (c)
	 	 	2.12; 9.04	 
	317 (a)(1)
	 	 	6.08	 
	  (a)(2)
	 	 	6.09	 
	  (b)
	 	 	2.04	 
	318 (a)
	 	 	12.01	 
	  (b)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	  (c)
	 	 	12.01	 

 

			
	 	 	N.A. means not applicable.
	 
	*	 	This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1
 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
	 
	Section 1.01. Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.02. Other Definitions
	 	 	27	 
	Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	28	 
	Section 1.04. Rules of Construction
	 	 	28	 
	 
	ARTICLE 2
 The Notes
	 
	Section 2.01. Form and Dating
	 	 	29	 
	Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication
	 	 	29	 
	Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	30	 
	Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	30	 
	Section 2.05. Holder Lists
	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.07. Replacement Notes
	 	 	44	 
	Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.09. Treasury Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.10. Temporary Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.11. Cancellation
	 	 	46	 
	Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest
	 	 	46	 
	 
	ARTICLE 3
 Redemption
	 
	Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee
	 	 	46	 
	Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
	 	 	47	 
	Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption
	 	 	47	 
	Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	49	 
	Section 3.07. Optional Redemption
	 	 	49	 
	Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption
	 	 	51	 
	 
	ARTICLE 4
 Covenants
	 
	Section 4.01. Payment of Notes
	 	 	51	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.03. Reports
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.05. Taxes
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.07. Restricted Payments
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.08. Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	 	 	58	 
	Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	 	 	60	 
	Section 4.10. Asset Sales
	 	 	64	 
	Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	68	 
	Section 4.12. Liens
	 	 	69	 
	Section 4.13. Corporate Existence
	 	 	70	 
	Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
	 	 	70	 
	Section 4.15. Payments for Consent
	 	 	72	 
	Section 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
	 	 	72	 
	Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	72	 
	Section 4.18. Covenant Suspension
	 	 	73	 
	 
	ARTICLE 5
 Successors
	 
	Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	 	 	74	 
	Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted
	 	 	75	 
	 
	ARTICLE 6
 Defaults and Remedies
	 
	Section 6.01. Events of Default
	 	 	76	 
	Section 6.02. Acceleration
	 	 	78	 
	Section 6.03. Other Remedies
	 	 	78	 
	Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	78	 
	Section 6.05. Control by Majority
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.10. Priorities
	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	81	 
	 
	ARTICLE 7
 Trustee
	 
	Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee
	 	 	81	 
	Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee
	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	83	 

ii 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	83	 
	Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults
	 	 	83	 
	Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	 	 	83	 
	Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	85	 
	Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	 	 	86	 
	Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	86	 
	Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	 	 	86	 
	 
	ARTICLE 8
 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
	 
	Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	86	 
	Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	 	 	86	 
	Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	88	 
	Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	89	 
	Section 8.06. Repayment to Company
	 	 	90	 
	Section 8.07. Reinstatement
	 	 	90	 
	 
	ARTICLE 9
 Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
	 
	Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	90	 
	Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	91	 
	Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	 	 	94	 
	 
	ARTICLE 10
 Subsidiary Guarantees
	 
	Section 10.01. Guarantee
	 	 	94	 
	Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	 	 	95	 
	Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee Notation
	 	 	96	 
	Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	 	 	96	 
	Section 10.05. Releases
	 	 	97	 
	 
	ARTICLE 11
 Satisfaction and Discharge
	 
	Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge
	 	 	98	 
	Section 11.02. Application of Trust Money
	 	 	99	 

iii 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE 12
 Miscellaneous
	 
	Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	100	 
	Section 12.02. Notices
	 	 	100	 
	Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	 	 	101	 
	Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	101	 
	Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	101	 
	Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.08. Governing Law
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.10. Successors
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.11. Severability
	 	 	103	 
	Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals
	 	 	103	 
	Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	 	 	103	 

	 	 	 

	EXHIBITS
	 	 
	Exhibit A
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
Exhibit D
Exhibit E

	 	FORM OF NOTE

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

iv 

 

     INDENTURE dated as of June 7, 2011 among WCA Waste Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
the Guarantors (as defined) and BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas, as trustee.

     The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 71/2% Senior Notes due 2019 (the
“Notes”):

ARTICLE 1

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

     Section 1.01. Definitions.

     “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing
the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and
registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

     “Acquired Business” means any business that is acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date.

     “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

          (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged
with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, regardless of whether such
Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person
merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but
excluding Indebtedness which is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such
Person merging with or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

          (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.

     “Acquired Subordinated Indebtedness” means Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, that is Acquired Debt and was not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, another Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

     “Acquired Subsidiary” means any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue
Date.

     “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this
Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the
Initial Notes.

 

 

     “Additional Volume” means the waste collected by an Acquired Subsidiary or Acquired Business
that (a) prior to the date on which such Acquired Subsidiary became an Acquired Subsidiary or prior
to the consummation of the acquisition of such Acquired Business, as applicable, was not being
delivered to a landfill or transfer station owned or operated by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) subsequent to such date, is delivered to a landfill or transfer
station owned or operated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For
purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with” have correlative meanings.

     “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

     “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream
that apply to such transfer or exchange.

     “Asset Sale” means:

          (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided
that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by
the provisions of Section 4.14 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions
of Section 4.10 hereof; and

          (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or
the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries.

     Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

          (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets
having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million;

          (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the
Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

2

 

          (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of (a) products, services, inventory or
accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or (b) equipment or other assets
pursuant to a program for the maintenance or upgrading of such equipment or assets,
including, without limitation, the disposition of either obsolete equipment or equipment
that is damaged or worn out;

          (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

          (6) a surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of
contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not
prohibited by this Indenture;

          (7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07, including the issuance or
sale of Equity Interests or the sale, lease or other disposition of products, services,
equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets pursuant to any such Restricted
Payment;

          (8) the consummation of a Permitted Investment, including, without limitation, the
issuance or sale of Equity Interests or the sale, lease or other disposition of products,
services, equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets pursuant to any such
Permitted Investment;

          (9) the creation or perfection of a Permitted Lien and the exercise by any Person in
whose favor a Permitted Lien is granted of any of its rights in respect of that Permitted
Lien, so long as no Default has occurred or is continuing as a result thereof; and

          (10) the conveyance, licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property rights,
airspace rights, rights of way and other similar rights, in each case, that does not
materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors.

     “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned”
have a corresponding meaning.

     “Board of Directors” means:

          (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

3

 

          (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership;

          (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

          (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function.

     “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

     “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of
the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized
on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the
date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date
upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

     “Capital Stock” means:

          (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

          (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

          (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

          (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but
excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock,
regardless of whether such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital
Stock.

     “Cash Equivalents” means:

          (1) United States dollars;

          (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities)
having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

          (3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America
or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality

4

 

thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time
of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s;

          (4) certificates of deposit, demand deposit accounts and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with
maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any
domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a
Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

          (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

          (6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or
S&P and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

          (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents
of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition.

     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

          (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions,
of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act);

          (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

          (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) other than
Parent becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting
Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

          (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
Company are not Continuing Directors.

     “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

     “Closure/Post-Closure Letters of Credit” means letters of credit, surety bonds or other
instruments of similar character, the purpose of which is to provide financial assurance to the
various state agencies for closure and post-closure obligations for the landfills and transfer
stations owned or operated by the Company and its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition,
“financial assurance,” “closure” and “post-closure” shall have the meanings set forth in the

5

 

administrative code or other comparable regulations of each state in which such landfill and
transfer station is located.

     “Company” means WCA Waste Corporation, and any and all successors thereto.

     “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

          (1) any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus

          (2) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of loss or expense to the extent
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

          (3) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

          (4) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus

          (5) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior
period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that
it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or
amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation,
amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus

          (6) all non-cash charges related to restricted stock and redeemable stock interests
granted to officers, directors and employees, to the extent deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus

          (7) for any acquisitions which are consummated on or after the Issue Date, add-backs
calculated in accordance with the provisions of clause (1) of the definition of “Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio”; plus

          (8) the effect of Additional Volume and/or Increased Use, as applicable, and itemized
direct cost savings that will be achieved as a result of, or in connection with, any
acquisitions consummated after the Issue Date; plus

          (9) non-cash charges for accretion on closure and post-closure obligations; plus

6

 

          (10) non-cash charges (or minus non-cash benefits, if applicable) reflecting the
adoption of SFAS No. 123 (and all amendments thereto); minus

          (11) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than
the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

     “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

          (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or
that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent
of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

          (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary
of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior
governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation
of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute,
rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders; provided, however, that the operation of this clause (2) shall be suspended
with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (regardless of whether such acquisition is effected pursuant to a merger or
otherwise), but such suspension shall cease immediately after the first six months following
such acquisition;

          (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

          (4) any non-cash mark-to-market adjustments to assets or liabilities resulting in
unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations (including those resulting from
the application of SFAS No. 133) shall be excluded;

          (5) all non-cash charges related to restricted stock and redeemable stock interests
granted to officers, directors and employees, shall be excluded;

          (6) any charges associated with any write-down, amortization or impairment of goodwill
or other tangible or intangible assets shall be excluded; and

          (7) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, any non-cash or
nonrecurring charges associated with any premium or penalty paid, write-off of deferred
financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with redeeming or
retiring any Indebtedness will be excluded.

7

 

     “Consolidated Net Worth” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the sum
of:

          (1) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date; plus

          (2) the respective amounts reported on such Person’s balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its terms
is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid
only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to
the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock.

     “Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by
a Lien on any assets of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

     “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the amount
which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like
caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all
goodwill, patents, tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, customer contracts, customer lists,
covenants not to compete, organization expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible
assets in accordance with GAAP.

     “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of
Directors of the Company who:

          (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or

          (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval
of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the
time of such nomination or election.

     “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

     “Covenant Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

     “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Agreement),
commercial paper facilities or Debt Issuances with banks, investment banks, insurance companies,
mutual funds, other institutional lenders, institutional investors or any of the foregoing
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale
of receivables to such lenders, other financiers or to special purpose entities

8

 

formed to borrow from (or sell such receivables to) such lenders or other financiers against
such receivables), letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, other borrowings or Debt Issuances, in
each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in
each case, without limitation as to amount), in whole or in part, from time to time (including
through one or more Debt Issuances) and any agreements and related documents governing Indebtedness
or Obligations incurred to refinance amounts then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding,
regardless of whether with the original administrative agent, lenders, investment banks, insurance
companies, mutual funds, other institutional lenders, institutional investors or any of the
foregoing and whether provided under the original agreement, indenture or other documentation
relating thereto).

     “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto.

     “Debt Issuances” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more
issuances after the Issue Date of Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other
similar securities or instruments.

     “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.

     “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and
issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except
that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

     “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and
any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to
the applicable provision of this Indenture.

     “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option
of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the
holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the
date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that
would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right
to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control
or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide
that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions
unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified
Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum
amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may

9

 

become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

     “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was
formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the
Company.

     “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).

     “Equity Offering” means any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock), or a contribution of cash to the equity capital (other than in respect of Disqualified
Stock) of the Company.

     “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

     “Exchange Securities” means the Notes issued in the Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof.

     “Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreement or under the
Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are
repaid.

     “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated
willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture),
which determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture.

     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such
Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than the incurrence or
repayment of revolving credit borrowings, except to the extent that a repayment is accompanied by a
permanent reduction in revolving credit commitments) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified
Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such

10

 

incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption
of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of such period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

     (1) acquisitions and dispositions of business entities or property and assets
constituting a division or line of business of any Person that have been made by the
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or
consolidations, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference
period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, and Consolidated Cash Flow
for such reference period will be calculated on a pro forma basis in good faith on a
reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company; provided,
that such Officer may in his discretion include any pro forma changes to Consolidated Cash
Flow, including any pro forma reductions of expenses and costs, and pro forma adjustments
for Additional Volume and Increased Use and other operating improvements that have occurred
or are reasonably expected by such Officer to occur (regardless of whether such pro forma
changes or adjustments could then be reflected properly in pro forma financial statements
prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any other regulation
or policy of the SEC);

     (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined
in accordance with GAAP, will be excluded;

     (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving
rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

     (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed
to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

     (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be
deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

     “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of:

     (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of
debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest
component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,

11

 

discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant
to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

     (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
that was capitalized during such period; plus

     (3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or
one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, regardless of whether such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;
plus

     (4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and regardless of whether in cash, on any
series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than
dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect from time to time. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture
will be computed in conformity with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect
to apply International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, accounting principles in lieu of
GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean
IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), provided that any such election, once made,
shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture
that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the
Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance
with GAAP. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this
definition to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes.

     “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

     “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and
the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the
Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global
Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iii), 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii),
2.06(d)(iii) or 2.06(f) hereof.

     “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United
States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

     “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without

12

 

limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements
in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

     “Guarantors” means, as of any time, each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that at such
time are guarantors of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

     “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such
Person under:

     (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to
fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

     (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate
risk; and

     (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

     “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

     “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets,
as of that date, are less than $500,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month
period do not exceed $500,000; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be
an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct
credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

     “Increased Use” means, with respect to an Acquired Business or Acquired Subsidiary, for the
applicable period of determination, waste disposed of in its landfill in excess of Internalized
Waste.

     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person
(excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), regardless of whether contingent:

     (1) in respect of borrowed money;

     (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit
(or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

     (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

     (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

13

 

     (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property
or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are
completed; or

     (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

     if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (a) all indebtedness of any
other Person, of the types described above in clauses (1) through (6), secured by a Lien on any
asset of the specified Person (regardless of whether such indebtedness is assumed by the specified
Person) and (b) to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any
indebtedness of any other Person, of the types described above in clauses (1) through (6).

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness:

     (a) any indebtedness that has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to
the deposit of cash or Cash Equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all obligations
relating thereto at maturity or redemption, as applicable, including all payments of interest and
premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of
such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, and in accordance with the other applicable terms
of the instrument governing such indebtedness;

     (b) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of
business; provided, however, that such obligation is extinguished within five Business Days of its
incurrence; and

     (c) any obligations in respect of Closure/Post-Closure Letters of Credit.

     “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

     “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through
a Participant.

     “Initial Notes” means the first $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued
under this Indenture on the date hereof.

     “Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Banco Bilbao Vizcaya
Argentaria, S.A., BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC, Morgan Keegan &
Company, Inc., Comerica Securities, Inc., BOSC, Inc. and Fifth Third Securities, Inc.

     “Internalized Waste” means waste collected by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company that
is disposed of in a landfill (or other form of final disposal) owned or operated by (a) an Acquired
Business before consummation of the acquisition of the Acquired Business by

14

 

the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) an Acquired Subsidiary prior to such Acquired Subsidiary
becoming an Acquired Subsidiary.

     “Issue Date” means the first date on which Notes are issued under this Indenture.

     “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than:

     (1) Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s; or

     (2) BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P,

     or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s
control, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other Rating Agency.

     “Investment Grade Rating Event” means the first day on which the Notes have an Investment
Grade Rating from two Rating Agencies and no Default has occurred and is then continuing hereunder.

     “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other
obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances
to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions
for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items
that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests
of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale
or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to
have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value
of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount
determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07(b) hereof. The acquisition by the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person
will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an
amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third
Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07(b) hereof. Except
as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time
the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

     “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City
of New York or Houston, Texas or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law,
regulation or executive order to remain closed.

     “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent
to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Registered Exchange
Offer.

15

 

     “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, regardless of whether filed, recorded or
otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the
Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

     “Liquidated Damages” means at any time, all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

     “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such
Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock
dividends, excluding, however:

     (1) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or
loss, realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any
securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any
Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

     (2) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on
such extraordinary gain or loss.

     “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash
received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset
Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred
as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case,
after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,
and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under
a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset
Sale.

     “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

     (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides
credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise,
or (c) constitutes the lender; and

     (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the
Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would
permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other

16

 

Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to
its Stated Maturity.

     “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes
and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture,
and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial
Notes and any Additional Notes.

     “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness.

     “Offering Circular” means the Company’s Offering Circular dated May 26, 2011 relating to the
Notes issued on the Issue Date.

     “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer,
any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of
the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer,
the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 12.05 hereof.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

     “Parent” means any entity that acquires 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the
Company in a transaction in which the Beneficial Owners of the Company immediately prior to such
transaction are Beneficial Owners in the same proportion of the Company immediately after such
transaction.

     “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

     “Participating Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company
or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock was Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of:

17

 

     (1) a Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary; or

     (2) a Person that was merged, consolidated or amalgamated into the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, provided that on the date such Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary or the date such Person was merged, consolidated and amalgamated into the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, after giving pro forma effect thereto, either (a)
the Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test
described in Section 4.09 hereof or (b) the Company would, on the date of such
transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing
transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is greater than or equal to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.

     “Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in
the Offering Circular) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and other
businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

     “Permitted Investments” means:

     (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

     (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a
Person, if as a result of such Investment:

     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

     (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof;

     (5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

     (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade
creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or
(B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

18

 

     (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

     (8) advances to or reimbursements of employees for moving, entertainment and travel
expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;

     (9) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business or consistent
with past practice;

     (10) repurchases of the Notes;

     (11) advances, deposits and prepayments for purchases of any assets, including any
Equity Interests;

     (12) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in
conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the
balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection
or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

     (13) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired
in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary
trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade
terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances;

     (14) Investments received as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default;

     (15) surety and performance bonds and workers’ compensation, utility, lease, tax,
performance and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business;

     (16) Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

     (17) Investments existing on the Issue Date; and

     (18) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on
the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18)
that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $15.0 million.

     “Permitted Liens” means:

     (1) Liens on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing
Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that were incurred pursuant to
either clause (1) or clause (17) of the definition of Permitted Debt and/or securing Hedging
Obligations related thereto;

19

 

          (2) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

          (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or
into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do
not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the
Company or the Subsidiary;

          (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of
the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were
in existence prior to such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such
acquisition;

          (5) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and Liens to secure the performance of bids,
tenders, trade or governmental contracts, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or
appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business;

          (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by
Section 4.09(b)(iv) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

          (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

          (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet
delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

          (9) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s
and mechanics’ Liens or other similar Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course
of business;

          (10) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were
not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially
adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the
operation of the business of such Person;

          (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

          (12) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Subsidiary
Guarantees);

20

 

          (13) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred
under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

               (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and
assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original
Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to,
such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

               (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount
greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater,
committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount
necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal,
refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

          (14) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, decree or court order, to the extent not
otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are required to protect or
enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the
ordinary course of business;

          (15) Liens contained in purchase and sale agreements limiting the transfer of assets
pending the closing of the transactions contemplated thereby;

          (16) Liens that may be deemed to exist by virtue of contractual provisions that
restrict the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from granting or permitting
to exist Liens on their respective assets;

          (17) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture on money or
property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee;

          (18) Liens securing obligations in respect of Closure/Post-Closure Letters of Credit;

          (19) Liens securing obligations that, at any one time outstanding, do not exceed the
greater of $10.0 million;

          (20) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any
joint venture owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent securing
Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture; and

          (21) Liens securing any Indebtedness, provided that on the date of the incurrence of
such Indebtedness, and after giving pro forma effect thereto and to the application of the
proceeds thereof, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.25 to 1.0.

     “Permitted Payments to Parent” means, for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing
a consolidated or combined tax return with the Parent, payments to the Parent in
respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to
the

21

 

Company and its Subsidiaries (“Tax Payments”). The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of
(a) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Company would
owe if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return
with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account
any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Company and
such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (b) the net amount of the relevant tax that the
Parent actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. Any Tax Payments received from the
Company shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of the Parent’s
receipt of such Tax Payments or refunded to the Company.

     “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary issued (a) in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend,
renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in
part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to or a deferral or renewal of
((a) and (b) above, collectively, a “Refinancing”), any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), any Disqualified Stock of the
Company or any preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount or, in the case of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, liquidation
preference, not to exceed (after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred
in connection with the Refinancing) the lesser of:

          (1) the principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock,
liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock so
Refinanced (plus, in the case of Indebtedness, the amount of premium, if any paid in
connection therewith); and

          (2) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced was issued with any original issue discount,
the accreted value of such Indebtedness (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time
of such Refinancing.

          Notwithstanding the preceding, no Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock
will be deemed to be Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, unless:

          (1) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock has a final maturity date
or redemption date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as
applicable, of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock being Refinanced;

          (2) if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced is
contractually subordinated or otherwise junior in right of payment to the Notes, such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock has a final maturity date or redemption
date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable,
of, and is contractually subordinated or otherwise junior in right of payment

22

 

to, the Notes,
on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in
the documentation governing the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock
being Refinanced at the time of the Refinancing; and

          (3) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is incurred or issued by the Company or
such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is incurred or issued by the
Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being Refinanced or the issuer
of the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced.

     “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or
other entity.

     “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be
placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions
of this Indenture.

     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

     “Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a
rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or
agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for S&P or
Moody’s, or both, as the case may be.

     “Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 7,
2011, among the Company, the Guarantors and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, in its capacity as
representative of the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration
rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such
agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given
by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the
Securities Act.

     “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of
and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

     “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other

23

 

officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with
the particular subject.

     “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

     “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

     “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

     “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     “Reversion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

     “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     “Senior Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2006, by
and among the Company, Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent, and the parties named therein as
Lenders, providing for revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees,
collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as amended by
Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 28, 2006, Second Amendment to Revolving
Credit Agreement dated as of September 25, 2006, Third Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of November 20, 2006, Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January
24, 2007, Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March 13, 2007, Sixth Amendment
to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 27, 2007, Seventh Amendment to Revolving Credit
Agreement dated as of December 27, 2007, Eighth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of
October 22, 2008, Ninth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February 19, 2009,
Tenth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2009, Eleventh Amendment to Revolving
Credit Agreement dated as of February 17, 2010, Twelfth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of June 30, 2010, Thirteenth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 28, 2011
and Fourteenth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2011, and, in each case, as
amended, restated, modified, renewed, increased,

24

 

refunded, replaced (whether upon or after
termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to
institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

     “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of the transaction giving rise to the
need to calculate the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (“Test Date”), the ratio of (i) Consolidated
Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company as of such Test Date, after giving effect to all
incurrences and repayments of any Indebtedness comprising any portion of such Consolidated Senior
Secured Indebtedness on the Test Date (provided that the maximum amount of Indebtedness that can be
incurred under clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt shall be deemed outstanding as
Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company for purposes of such calculation), to (ii)
the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal
quarters for which financial statements are available, with such pro forma and other adjustments to
Consolidated Cash Flow as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma and other adjustment
provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.

     “SFAS” means Statement of Financial Accounting Standard, as issued by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as
defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as
such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

     “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any
series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be
paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include
any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to
the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment, in any respect (by its terms or the terms of any
document or instrument relating thereto), to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such
Guarantor, as applicable.

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

          (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement
that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is

25

 

at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries
of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

          (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of
which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of
which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination
thereof).

     “Subsidiary Guarantee” means each Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Notes by a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture.

     “Suspended Covenants” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

     “Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

     “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified thereunder.

     “Trustee” means BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas, until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

     “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required
to bear the Private Placement Legend.

     “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear
the Private Placement Legend.

     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board
of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of
Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

          (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

          (2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are
no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

          (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity
Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to

26

 

cause such
Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results, except to the extent permitted
by Section 4.07 hereof; and

          (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent
such Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation.

     “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities
Act.

     “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person
that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

     “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing:

          (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date
and the making of such payment; by

          (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

     Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined
	Term	 	in Section
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	4.11
	“Asset Sale Offer”
	 	4.10
	“Authentication Order”
	 	2.02
	“Change of Control Offer”
	 	4.14
	“Change of Control Payment”
	 	4.14
	“Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	4.14
	“Comparable Treasury Issue”
	 	3.07
	“Comparable Treasury Price”
	 	3.07
	“Covenant Defeasance”
	 	8.03
	“DTC”
	 	2.03
	“Event of Default”
	 	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	4.10
	“incur”
	 	4.09
	“Independent Investment Banker”
	 	3.07
	“Legal Defeasance”
	 	8.02
	“Make-Whole Price”
	 	3.07
	“Offer Amount”
	 	4.10
	“Offer Period”
	 	4.10

27

 

	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined
	Term	 	in Section
	“Paying Agent”
	 	2.03
	“Permitted Debt”
	 	4.09
	“Payment Default”
	 	6.01
	“Purchase Date”
	 	4.10
	“Reference Treasury Dealer”
	 	3.07
	“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations”
	 	3.07
	“Registrar”
	 	2.03
	“Restricted Payments”
	 	4.07
	“Treasury Rate”
	 	3.07

     Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

     Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by
reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

     The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     “indenture securities” means the Notes;

     “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

     “obligor” on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors,
respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively.

     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

     Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

          (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

          (3) “or” is not exclusive;

          (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

          (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

28

 

     (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

     (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to
include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time
to time.

ARTICLE 2

The Notes

     Section 2.01. Form and Dating.

     (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or
endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its
authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof.

     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution
and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

     (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit
A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in
the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such
of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be
reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a
Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the
direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required
by Section 2.06 hereof.

     Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

     At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

29

 

     A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The
signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

     The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by at least one
Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate (i) for original issue on the Issue Date, Initial
Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $175,000,000, (ii) Exchange Securities for original
issue, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, and
(iii) any amount of Additional Notes specified by the Company. The aggregate principal amount of
Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for
issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in
Section 2.07 hereof.

     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Company.

     Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

     The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep
a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. Unless otherwise designated by the
Company by written notice to the Trustee, each such office or agency shall be the Trustee’s office
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company may appoint one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the
Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the
Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with
respect to the Global Notes.

     The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act
as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

     Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

     The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the
Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the
Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on
the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any

30

 

such payment.
While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by
it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it
to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as
Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders
all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to
the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

     Section 2.05. Holder Lists.

     The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require
of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a).

     Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

     (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as
a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a
successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged
by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

     (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is
unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing
agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not
appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

     (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole
but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to
such effect to the Trustee; or

     (iii) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes.

     Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive
Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also
may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.
Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion
thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or Section 2.10 hereof, shall be
authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not

31

 

be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial
interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or
(f) hereof.

     (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and
exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests
in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a
U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall
be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.06(b)(i).

     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to
Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
Registrar either:

(A) both:

     (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant
given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial
interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

     (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be
credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

     (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant
given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive

32

 

     Note in an
amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

     (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar
containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive
Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in
(a) above.

     Upon consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section
2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied
upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered
by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all
of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in
this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall
adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A
beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if
the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar
receives the following:

     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof.

     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted
Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies
with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder
of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the
transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Securities or (3) a Person who is
an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

33

 

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in
the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a)
thereof; or

     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note.

     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.
If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

34

 

     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person
in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof;

     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance
with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the
appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names
and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest
shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names
such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend
and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

     (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such
beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note only if:

35

 

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder
of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the
case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Securities or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as
defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable
to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act.

     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to
exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee will
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly
pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in
the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) will be registered in such name or names and
in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder

36

 

of such beneficial interest
requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the
Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the
Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) will not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.
If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive
Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(2)(b) thereof;

     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof;

     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance
with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the

37

 

appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global
Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note only if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder,
in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies
in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Participating
Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange
Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange
such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer
such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

38

 

     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii),
the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will
cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

     If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected
pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global
Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order
in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so
transferred.

     (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a
Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section
2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such
registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the
Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized
in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications,
documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this
Section 2.06(e).

     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
following:

     (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

     (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

39

 

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder,
in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies
in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Participating
Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange
Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company;

     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (1)(d) thereof; or

     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act
and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act.

     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a
transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof.

40

 

     (f) Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

     (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for
exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters
of Transmittal that (A) they are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not
participating in a distribution of the Exchange Securities and (C) they are not affiliates
(as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

     (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered
Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A)
they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the
Exchange Securities and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

     Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will
execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of
Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

     (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable
provisions of this Indenture.

     (i) Private Placement Legend.

     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and
each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution
thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

	 	 	“THE OFFER AND SALE OF THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING
SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

	(1)	 	REPRESENTS THAT:

(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT
EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT OR

41

 

(B) IT IS NOT A UNITED STATES PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A) TO WCA WASTE CORPORATION OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D)
ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED
FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY
TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE
THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY
REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING
MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.”

     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note
issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii),
(e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

     (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL
OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT
THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT
NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE,
(3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY

42

 

BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH
THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM,
THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS
PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER
STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME
OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

     (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular
Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global
Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11
hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented
by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note
by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and
if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be
increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

     (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

     (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute
and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

     (ii) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a
Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax
or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections
2.10, 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

43

 

     (iii) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of
any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any
Note being redeemed in part.

     (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer
or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the
Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture,
as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or
exchange.

     (v) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

     (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during
a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any
selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close
of business on the day of selection;

     (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for
redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part; or

     (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record
date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

     (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee,
any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     (vii) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

     (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be
submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of
transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

     Section 2.07. Replacement Notes.

     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if
the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond
must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to
protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any

44

 

authenticating agent from any loss that any of
them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

     Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all
of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.

     Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

     The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for
those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a
Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described
in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does
not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note;
however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be
outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c) hereof.

     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to
be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date,
then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to
accrue interest.

     Section 2.09. Treasury Notes.

     In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in
any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

     Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.

     Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the
Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary
Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably

45

 

acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the
Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

     Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

     Section 2.11. Cancellation.

     The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and
Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of
canceled Notes in accordance with its standard procedures (subject to the record retention
requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes will be
delivered to the Company from time to time upon written request. The Company may not issue new
Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation.

     Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

     If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted
interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the
rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and
payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the
related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special
record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

ARTICLE 3

Redemption

     Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

     If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

     (a) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

     (b) the redemption date;

     (c) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

46

 

     (d) the redemption price.

     Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed.

     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes
for redemption on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes in global form, the Trustee shall
select Notes for redemption based on DTC’s method that most nearly approximates a pro rata
selection), unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements.

     If a pro rata redemption is not permitted as provided above, then the particular Notes to be
redeemed will be selected by lot and, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be so selected, not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding
Notes not previously called for redemption.

     The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the
entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be
redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

     Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

     At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or
cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to
be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60
days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the
Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or 11 hereof.

     The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

     (a) the redemption date;

     (b) the redemption price;

     (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to
be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original
Note;

     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

47

 

     (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the
redemption price;

     (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

     (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes
called for redemption are being redeemed; and

     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or any other
identification number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

     At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name
and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45
days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter time is acceptable to the Trustee), an
Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the
information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

     Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

     Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price,
unless the redemption is subject to a condition precedent that is not satisfied or waived. Any
redemption or notice of redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent and, in the case of a redemption with the net cash proceeds of an Equity
Offering, be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering.

     Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption.

     At least one Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company will deposit with the
Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the applicable redemption price of and
accrued interest and unpaid Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.
The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption
price of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes to be
redeemed.

     If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for
redemption, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment. If a Note is redeemed on
or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any
accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at
the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption is not so paid upon
surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding
paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date

48

 

until such
principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in
each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

     Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

     Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of
the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note
surrendered.

     Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

     (a) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address, at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date.

     The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the
Make-Whole Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of
the Make-Whole Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee
shall not be responsible for such calculation.

     “Make-Whole Price” with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the
greater of:

          (i) 100% of the principal amount of such Notes; and

          (ii) the sum of the present values of (A) the redemption price of such Notes at June
15, 2014 (as set forth below) and (B) the remaining scheduled payments of interest from the
redemption date to June 15, 2014 (not including any portion of such payments of interest
accrued as of the redemption date) discounted back to the redemption date on a semi-annual
basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as
defined below) plus 50 basis points.

Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Make-Whole Price, on and after the applicable
redemption date, interest and Liquidated Damage, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes to be
redeemed.

     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to Notes to be redeemed, the U.S. Treasury
security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity most nearly equal to the
period from the redemption date to June 15, 2014, at the time of selection and in accordance with
customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities; provided if such
period is less than one year, then the U.S. Treasury security having a maturity of one year shall
be used.

49

 

     “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of
four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and
lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four
such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations.

     “Independent Investment Banker” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and its successors,
or, if such firm or the successors, if any, to such firm, as the case may be, are unwilling or
unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of
national standing appointed by the Company.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and three additional
primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”)
selected by the Company, and its successors (provided, however, that if any such firm or any such
successor, as the case may be, shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in New
York City, the Company shall substitute therefore another Primary Treasury Dealer).

     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer
and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for
the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

     “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading
which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated “H.15(159)” or any successor publication that is published
weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and that establishes yields on
actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury
Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no
maturity is within three months before or after the stated maturity, yields for the two published
maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined, and the
Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis,
rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published
during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum
equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated
using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount)
equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be
calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

     (b) On and after June 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, from time
to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable

50

 

redemption date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage	 
	2014
	 	 	105.625	%
	2015
	 	 	103.750	%
	2016
	 	 	101.875	%
	2017 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (c) Prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35%
of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture (which may include
Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price
equal to 107.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to
be redeemed to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that

          (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the
Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries), remains outstanding
after each such redemption; and

          (ii) the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

     (d) Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of
the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may at the Company’s discretion, be
subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to completion of the
related Equity Offering.

     (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

     Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

     The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes.

ARTICLE 4

Covenants

     Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.

     The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the

51

 

Notes.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be considered paid on
the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available
funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same
manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     The Company will maintain in the United States of America, an office or agency (which may be
an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may
be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. Unless otherwise
designated by the Company by written notice to the Trustee, each such office or agency shall be the
Trustee’s office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company will give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands
may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more additional offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in
any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency.

     The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such additional
office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

     Section 4.03. Reports.

     (a) Regardless of whether required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any
Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to
furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
regulations:

          (i) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and

          (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if
the Company were required to file such reports.

52

 

     All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules
and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent
accountants. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in
clauses (i) and (ii) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified
in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a
filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. The Company will at all
times comply with TIA §314(a).

     (b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then
the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph
(a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial
statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

     (c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file
with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and
the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders of Notes and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.

     (d) The Company will be deemed to have furnished the reports required by paragraphs (a) and
(b) if this Section 4.03 or the information required by paragraph (c) of this Section 4.03, as
applicable, to the Holders of the Notes if it has filed such reports or information, respectively,
with the SEC using the EDGAR filing system (or any successor filing system of the SEC) or, if the
Company has posted such reports or information, respectively, on its website, and such reports,
certifications or information, respectively, are available to the Holders of the Notes through
internet access.

     (e) Any and all Defaults or Events of Default arising from a failure to furnish or file in a
timely manner a report or certification required by this Section 4.03 shall be deemed cured (and
the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.03) upon furnishing or filing
such report or certification as contemplated by this Section 4.03 (but without regard to the date
on which such report or certification is so furnished or filed); provided that such cure shall not
otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if the principal, premium, if
any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, have been accelerated in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such
cure.

     Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

     (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end
of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the

53

 

Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision
of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such
Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this
Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or
Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has
occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or
interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the
event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

     (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’
Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto.

     Section 4.05. Taxes.

     The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency,
all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

     Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

     The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly
waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but
will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

     Section 4.07. Restricted Payments.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly:

          (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of
the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the

54

 

direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

	 	 	     (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity
Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

	 	 	     (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness, except a payment of interest or
principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

	 	 	     (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in
these clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”),

     unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

     (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a
consequence of such Restricted Payment;

     (ii) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a)
hereof; and

     (iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date
(excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (viii)
and (xi) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication,
of:

     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the
Issue Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

     (B) 100% of (A)(i) the aggregate net cash proceeds and (ii) the Fair Market
Value of (x) marketable securities (other than marketable securities of the
Company), (y) Capital Stock of a Person (other than the Company or an Affiliate of
the Company) engaged in a Permitted Business and (z) other assets used in

55

 

any
Permitted Business, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), received by the Company
since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or
from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable
Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company
that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than
Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of
the Company), (B) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary is reduced on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet upon the
conversion or exchange after the Issue Date of any such Indebtedness into or for
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, and (C) the
aggregate net cash proceeds, if any, received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries upon any conversion or exchange described in clause (A) or
(B) above; plus

     (C) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the
net reduction in such Restricted Investments in any Person resulting from (i)
repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) other repurchases, repayments or
redemptions of such Restricted Investments, (iii) the sale of any such Restricted
Investment or (iv) the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts
are paid under such Guarantee) plus (B) all amounts representing the return of
capital (excluding dividends and distributions) to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in respect of such Restricted Investment plus (C) with respect to any
Unrestricted Subsidiary that the Board of Directors of the Company redesignates as
a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Subsidiary
held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such
redesignation.

     (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

     (i) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption
within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption
notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or
redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (ii) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the
substantially concurrent contribution (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) of capital
to the Company in respect of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock); provided
that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted
Payment will be excluded from clause (iii)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

56

 

     (iii) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
value of Subordinated Indebtedness (including the payment of any required premium and any
fees and expenses incurred in connection with such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition) with the net cash proceeds from a substantially
concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the amount
of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be
excluded from clause (iii)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

     (iv) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited
liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
the holders of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that such dividend or similar distribution is paid to all holders of
such Equity Interests on a pro rata basis based on their respective holdings of such Equity
Interests;

     (v) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests
deemed to occur upon the exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar
rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange
price of those stock options, and the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting from the exercise
or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights;

     (vi) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby,
the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any
class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or any class or series of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
in each case issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio test described in Section 4.09 hereof;

     (vii) Permitted Payments to Parent;

     (viii) payments to fund the purchase by the Company of fractional shares arising out of
stock dividends, splits or combination or business combinations;

     (ix) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Equity Interests of Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by
any of Parent’s or the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) current or former
directors or employees; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased,
redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $1.0 million in any
twelve-month period since the Issue Date (with unused amounts in any 12-month period after
such date being permitted to be carried over into succeeding 12-month periods); provided,
further, that the amounts in any such 12-month period may be increased by an amount not to
exceed (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
from the sale of the Company’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Parent’s
Equity Interests to any such directors or employees

57

 

that occurs after the Issue Date
(provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement
or other acquisition or retirement will not increase the amount available for Restricted
Payments under clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph and to the extent such
proceeds have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments) plus (B) the
cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

     (x) the purchase or redemption of any Acquired Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, by application of (i) cash provided from operations
in the ordinary course of business or (ii) proceeds from borrowings under the revolving
portion of the Senior Credit Agreement (so long as within 30 days prior to such purchase or
redemption, a corresponding amount of borrowings under the revolving portion of the Senior
Credit Agreement was repaid from cash provided from operations in the ordinary course of
business); provided, in any such case, that the Company is able to incur an additional $1.00
of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof after giving effect to such purchase or
redemption; provided, further, that this clause (x) shall not permit the application of any
proceeds from any other borrowings under any Credit Facility to effect any such purchase or
redemption; and

     (xi) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby,
other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30.0 million since the Issue
Date.

     The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the
date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or
issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such
Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount,
and the Fair Market Value of any non-cash Restricted Payment exceeding $12.5 million shall be
determined conclusively by two senior officers of the Company acting in good faith whose
conclusions with respect thereto shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the
Trustee; provided, however, that if the Fair Market Value of any non-cash Restricted Payment
exceeds $20.0 million, such Fair Market Value shall be determined conclusively by the Board of
Directors of the Company and set forth in a board resolution, and a certified copy of such board
resolution shall be delivered to the Trustee. For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the
exceptions described in (i) through (xi) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section
4.07(a) hereof, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such Restricted Payment, or
later classify, reclassify or re-divide all or a portion of such Restricted Payment, in any manner
that complies with this Section 4.07.

     Section 4.08. Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to:

58

 

     (i) (x) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (y) pay any indebtedness owed to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of:

     (i) agreements or instruments governing Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue
Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, increases, renewals, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or instruments; provided that
the amendments, restatements, modifications, increases, renewals, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such
dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or
instruments on the Issue Date;

     (ii) this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

     (iii) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

     (iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or
in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to
any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness,
such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

     (v) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the
ordinary course of business;

     (vi) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or
leased of the nature described in clause (iii) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

     (vii) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that
restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

59

 

     (viii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in
the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (ix) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that
limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

     (x) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint
venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale
agreements, security agreements, mortgages, purchase money agreements and other similar
agreements or instruments entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of
Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such
agreements;

     (xi) Hedging Obligations permitted from time to time under this Indenture; and

     (xii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

     Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur;” with “incurrence” having
a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue
any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares
of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Debt) and issue Disqualified Stock, and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is
incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have
been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the
net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit
the incurrence of any of the following (the items of Indebtedness described below in this paragraph
(b) being referred to collectively as “Permitted Debt”):

     (i) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of additional
Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount
at any one time outstanding under this clause (i) (with letters of credit being deemed to
have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the

60

 

Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $200.0 million; provided, that the maximum
amount permitted to be outstanding under this clause (i) shall not be deemed to limit
additional Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities to the extent the incurrence of such
additional Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to any of the other provisions of this Section
4.09;

     (ii) the incurrence of Existing Indebtedness;

     (iii) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by
the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the Issue
Date and the Exchange Securities and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (iv) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of
Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money
obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or cost of construction, installation, improvement, deployment,
refurbishment, modification or lease of property, plant or equipment or furniture, fixtures
and equipment, in each case used in the business of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, in an aggregate amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(iv), not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

     (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany
Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a)
hereof or clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (xvii) of this Section 4.09(b);

     (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
intercompany Indebtedness owing to and held by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

     (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in
any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; and

     (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is
not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed,
in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this
clause (vi);

     (vii) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

61

 

     (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in
any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

     (B) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is
not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted
Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (vii);

     (viii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging
Obligations;

     (ix) the incurrence of a Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted
to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness
being guaranteed is Subordinated Indebtedness, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated to
the same extent as the contractual subordination applicable to the Indebtedness guaranteed;

     (x) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’
acceptances, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and surety bonds
or other similar bonds or obligations, and any Guarantees or letters of credit functioning
as or supporting any of the foregoing;

     (xi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such
Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

     (xii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued
in the ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of
credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within one
year following such drawing or incurrence;

     (xiii) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness to the extent that the net
proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes;

     (xiv) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in customary
amounts consistent with the operations and business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

     (xv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted

62

 

Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any
business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate
liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds
actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
disposition;

     (xvi) Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness; and

     (xvii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable)
at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
clause (xvii), not to exceed the greater of (a) $30.0 million or (b) 9.0% of the Company’s
Consolidated Tangible Assets.

     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of
proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt
described in clauses (i) through (xvii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section
4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of
its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner
that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date
on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to
have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (i) of the
definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original
issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness
with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in
accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional
shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in
each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed
Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the
maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to
this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange
rates or currency values.

     The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

     (i) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with
original issue discount;

     (ii) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of
the specified Person, the lesser of:

     (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at the date of determination; and

63

 

     (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

     (iii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

     Section 4.10. Asset Sales.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an
Asset Sale unless:

     (a) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration in
respect of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity
Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

     (b) either (x) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or (y) the Fair Market Value of all forms of
consideration other than cash received for all Asset Sales since the Issue Date does not exceed in
the aggregate 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Company at the time each determination
is made. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

     (i) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet
(or as would be shown on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of the date of such
Asset Sale) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities,
Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee)
that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests pursuant to (1) a
written novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from
further liability therefor or (2) an assignment agreement that includes, in lieu of such a
release, the agreement of the transferee or its parent company to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from and against any loss, liability or
cost in respect of such assumed liability;

     (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 270 days after the date of the Asset Sale, to the
extent of the cash received in that conversion;

     (iii) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (ii) or (iv) of the next
paragraph of this Section 4.10; and

     (iv) accounts receivable of a business retained by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, following the sale of such business, provided, that such
accounts receivable are not (A) past due more than 90 days and (B) do not have a payment
date greater than 120 days from the date of the invoice creating such accounts receivable.

64

 

     Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be) may apply an amount equal to such Net Proceeds at its
option:

     (i) to repay Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Subordinated Indebtedness);

     (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of,
another Person engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such
acquisition of Capital Stock, such Person is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company;

     (iii) to make a capital expenditure; or

     (iv) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and
that are used or useful in a Permitted Business;

provided, however, that if, during such 360-day period, the Company and/or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries enters into a binding contract with a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company to
apply such amount pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) above, then such 360-day period shall be
extended until the earlier of (a) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated,
and (b) the 180th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 360-day period.

     Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce
revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not
prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as
provided in the second paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

     If on any date, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, then within ten
Business Days after such date, the Company will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all
Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with
the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers
to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount
of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds.
The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in
cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain unapplied after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee
shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

65

 

     Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.10 to the contrary, the sale, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by Section 4.14 hereof and/or Section 5.01
hereof and not by this Section 4.10.

     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Section 4.10, or compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.10 would constitute a
violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities
laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section
4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

     In the event that, pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company is
required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below.

     The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that
is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture
with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale
Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not
more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law
(the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period
(the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the
purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or,
if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in
response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same
manner as interest payments are made.

     If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid
to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and
no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer.

     Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a
notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and
materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The
notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

     (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.10 and the
length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

     (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

66

 

     (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue
interest;

     (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase
Date;

     (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may
elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

     (vi) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer
will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

     (vii) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration
of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased;

     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will
select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based
on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with
such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be
purchased); and

     (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or
transferred by book-entry transfer).

     On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on
a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted
for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.10. The Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than
five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the
purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and
the Company, will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the
Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new
Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to

67

 

any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed
or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results
of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

     Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any
payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of
the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

	 	 	     (i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

	 	 	     (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

	 	 	          (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $12.5 million, a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) of
this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

	 	 	          (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an
opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate
Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm of national standing.

     (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will
not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

     (i) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director
indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date, or entered into thereafter in the
ordinary course of business, and any indemnities or other transactions permitted or required
by law, statutory provisions or any of the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements;

     (ii) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

68

 

     (iii) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the
Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or
controls, such Person;

     (iv) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to directors of the Company and its
Subsidiaries;

     (v) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to,
or receipt of a capital contribution from, Affiliates of the Company;

     (vi) any Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07
hereof;

     (vii) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed
$250,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

     (viii) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, employee benefit
plan or arrangement, reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements or any similar
agreement, plan or arrangement, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with officers, directors, consultants or employees of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries and the payment of compensation to officers, directors, consultants and
employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to
employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), and any payments,
indemnities or other transactions permitted or required by law, statutory provisions or any
of the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements; so long as such agreement or payment has
been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the
Company;

     (ix) any contracts, agreements or understandings existing as of the Issue Date or
disclosed in the Offering Circular, and any amendments to or replacements of such contracts,
agreements or understandings so long as any such amendment or replacement is not more
disadvantageous to the Company or to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than
the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and

     (x) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a
director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company
of the Company and such director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed an Affiliate
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such director abstains
from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent company of the
Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person.

     Section 4.12. Liens.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness, upon any asset now owned or

69

 

hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured (except
that Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness shall be expressly subordinate to any Lien securing
the Notes to at least the same extent such Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinate to the Notes).

     Section 4.13. Corporate Existence.

     Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect:

     (a) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its
Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be
amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

     (b) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right,
license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries,
if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in
the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the
loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

     Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control.

     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of
Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to
101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights
of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, due on
the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or
transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

     (i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and
that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

     (ii) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days
and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control
Payment Date”);

     (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

     (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment,
all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue
interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

70

 

     (v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry
transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

     (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the
Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have the Notes purchased; and

     (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new
Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which
unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof.

     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To
the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions
of this Section 4.14 hereof or compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.14 hereof would
constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this
Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance.

     (b) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

     (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer;

     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

     (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

     The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change
of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment
for such Notes (or, if all the Notes are then in global form, make such payment through the
facilities of DTC), and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred
by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be

71

 

in a principal amount of
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the
results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date.

     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant
to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption
price.

     Section 4.15. Payments for Consent.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes
for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of
this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all
Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

     Section 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

     If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture in substantially the form
of Exhibit E hereto within ten Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created;
provided that any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not
become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

     Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

     The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary
is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding
Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as
Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will
reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more
clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation
will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced
to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate

72

 

certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by
Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding
requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to
be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is
not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in
default of such Section. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be
deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be
permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro
forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference
period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

     Section 4.18. Covenant Suspension.

     Notwithstanding any provision hereof or of the Notes to the contrary, from and after the
occurrence of an Investment Grade Rating Event, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will
cease to be subject to Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.11,
Section 4.17 hereof and the requirement set forth under clause (iv) of the first paragraph of
Section 5.01 hereof, (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

     In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended
Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of this Section 4.18 (a “Covenant
Suspension Event”), and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) at least one of the Rating
Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes to a
rating that is below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Suspended Covenants shall be reinstated
as of and from the Reversion Date.

     The period of time between the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event and the Reversion
Date is referred to in this Indenture as the “Suspension Period”. Additionally, upon the
occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be
reset at zero. In the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a
Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that with
respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments
made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect prior to, and during, the
Suspension Period. No Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the
Suspension Period. All Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued,
during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause
(ii) of paragraph (b) of Section 4.09.

73

 

ARTICLE 5

Successors

     Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

     The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (a) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or
into another Person (regardless of whether the Company is the surviving corporation), convert into
another form of entity or continue in another jurisdiction; or (b) sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another
Person, unless:

     (i) either:

     (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or

     (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or
merger or resulting from such conversion (if other than the Company) or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a
corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District
of Columbia;

     (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such conversion, consolidation, amalgamation
or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; provided that, unless such Person is a
corporation, a corporate co-issuer of the Notes will be added to this Indenture by
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (iii) immediately after such transaction or transactions, no Default or Event of
Default exists; and

     (iv) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made:

     (A) would have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the transaction equal
to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding
the transaction;

     (B) would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect
thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at

74

 

least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test
set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

     (C) would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect
thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
that is greater than or equal to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction.

     For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of
the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries,
would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a
consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company.

     The surviving entity will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all
of its assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes.

     Notwithstanding the restrictions described in the foregoing clause (iv), any Restricted
Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to
the Company, the Company may merge into a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of reincorporating
the Company in another jurisdiction, and any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into
or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary.

     Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or
merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to,
and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or amalgamated or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be
substituted for the Company (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, amalgamation,
merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this
Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the
Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that
the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction
that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

75

 

ARTICLE 6

Defaults and Remedies 

     Section 6.01. Events of Default.

     Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

     (a) default in any payment of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to any
Note under this Indenture when due, continued for 30 days;

     (b) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the
principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

     (c) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with its
obligations under Section 4.10, 4.11 or 5.01 hereof;

     (d) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days to comply with
the provisions of Section 4.07 or 4.09;

     (e) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to
the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this
Indenture or the Notes; provided, however, that with respect to a failure by the Company to comply
with Section 4.03, such period shall be 120 days after notice to the Company, rather than 60 days;

     (f) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by
which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which
default:

	 	 	     (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on,
such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness
on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

	 	 	     (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default
or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

76

 

     (g) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy
insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid,
discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

     (h) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

     (i) commences a voluntary case,

     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

     (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all
of its property,

     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

     (i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

     (i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

     (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is
a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the
property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that,
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

     (j) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect,
or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

77

 

     Section 6.02. Acceleration.

     In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof, with
respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary
or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, all then outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice (subject to applicable law). If any other Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may and, at the direction of the Holders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall, declare all of the then
outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and, in the
case of a notice by Holders, also to the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and
that it is a notice of acceleration.

     Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its
consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing
Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if
any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

     Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy
to collect the payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the
Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

     Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

     Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing
Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on,
the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this

78

 

Indenture; but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

     Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

     Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the
Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow
any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the
Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may
involve the Trustee in personal liability.

     Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

     A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

     (a) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

     (b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a
written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

     (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request
and the offer of security or indemnity; and

     (e) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

     A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a
Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

     Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to
receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on
or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to
purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

     Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust

79

 

against the Company and any Guarantor for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and,
to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs
and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

     Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the
Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled
and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable
on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the
payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien
on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other
properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or
under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder
in any such proceeding.

     Section 6.10. Priorities.

     If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in
the following order:

     First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof,
including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by
the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

     Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and

     Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

80

 

     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
pursuant to this Section 6.10.

     Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion
may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a
suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than
10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

Trustee

     Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person’s own affairs.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (i) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine
whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

81

 

     (ii) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and

     (iii) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05
hereof.

     (iv) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability
or expense.

     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

     (e) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document.

     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be
full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

     (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that
it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

     (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders

82

 

have
offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against the losses, liabilities and
expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

     (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such
event is sent to the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof, and such notice references
the Notes.

     (h) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that
a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering, or omitting any action hereunder, the
Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith
on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate.

     (i) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance or compliance by either
the Company or the Guarantors of their respective covenants contained herein.

     Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may
do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11
hereof.

     Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

     The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the
proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any
provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with
the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

     Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

     If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee,
the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90
days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal
of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the
notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

     Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

83

 

     (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the Issue Date, and
for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief
report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described
in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need
be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit
by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

     (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by
the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which
the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee
when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

     Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

     (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its
acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Company will reimburse the
Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred
or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the
reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

     (b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing
this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending
itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other
Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its own
negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may
seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any
of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the
claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the
Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld.

     (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the
Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien
will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the

84

 

services
(including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

     (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

     Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

     (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become
effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section
7.08.

     (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby
created only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section
7.08. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove
the Trustee if:

     (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

     (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (iii) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

     (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for
any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

     (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will
become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its

85

 

succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to
the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

     Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further
act will be the successor Trustee.

     Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

     There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination
by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

     This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1),
(2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

     Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

     The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §
311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

     Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution
set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied
to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

     Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with
respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the

86

 

date the conditions
set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will
thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other
Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all
their other obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise
terminated or discharged hereunder:

     (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal
of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are
due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

     (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10
and 4.02 hereof;

     (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

     (d) this Article 8.

     Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

     Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants
contained in Sections 4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof
and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”),
and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes
hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting
purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes
and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether
directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by
reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document
and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01
hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and
Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section

87

 

8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Section
6.01(c) through Section 6.01(g) hereof and, only with respect to Subsidiaries of the Company,
Sections 6.01(h) and 6.01(i) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

     Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02
or 8.03 hereof:

     (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of
cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent
public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if
any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable
redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being
defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

     (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

     (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue
Service a ruling; or

     (ii) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

     (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of
the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts,
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance
had not occurred;

     (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such
deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be
applied to such deposit);

88

 

     (e) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or
any Guarantor is bound;

     (f) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound;

     (g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit
was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other
creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any
creditors of the Company or others;

     (h) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent set forth in clauses (a) through (g) of this Section 8.04 have been complied
with; and

     (i) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel
may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), stating that all
conditions precedent set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 8.04 have been complied
with; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (e) of this Section 8.04 may be
to the knowledge of such counsel.

     Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions.

     Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including
the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for
purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders
of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

     The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section
8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee
or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

     Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to
the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government
Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a

89

 

nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion
delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     Section 8.06. Repayment to Company.

     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on,
any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages,
if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if
then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will
thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as
trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that
such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than
30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then
remaining will be repaid to the Company.

     Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government
Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or
Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof,
as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of,
premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its
obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive
such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

     Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee
may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees without the
consent of any Holder of Notes:

90

 

     (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

     (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders
of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

     (d) to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and the termination of
such Subsidiary Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture governing such
release and termination;

     (e) to add any Subsidiary Guarantees or to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees;

     (f) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of
the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any such Holder;

     (g) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
this Indenture under the TIA;

     (h) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” section of the Offering Circular, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of
Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or the Notes;

     (i) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set
forth in this Indenture; or

     (j) to provide for a successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company
and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or
permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into
such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise.

     Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and

91

 

the
Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional
Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and,
subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or
compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single
class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are
considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with
the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as
aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the
Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or
supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may
in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

     It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such
consent approves the substance thereof.

     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may
waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or
the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by
a non-consenting Holder):

     (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;

     (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions
with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided, however, that any purchase or repurchase of
Notes, including pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, shall not be deemed a redemption of the
Notes;

92

 

     (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

     (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the
Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

     (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

     (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults
or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or
Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes;

     (g) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note; provided, however, that any purchase
or repurchase of Notes, including pursuant to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, shall not be
deemed a redemption of the Notes;

     (h) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this
Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

     (i) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

     Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

     Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

     Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

     Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of
the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation
before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

     The Company may fix a record date for determining which Holders must consent to such
amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Company fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed
at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most
recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section
2.05, or (ii) such other date as the Company shall designate.

93

 

     Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

     The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any
Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee
shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and
effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

     Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this
Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until
the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental
indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be
fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or
supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

Subsidiary Guarantees 

     Section 10.01. Guarantee.

     (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and
to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of
this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

     (i) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the
Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes,
if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee
hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof; and

     (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise.

     Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the

94

 

same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a
guarantee of collection.

     (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with
respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each
Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first
against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary
Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the
Notes and this Indenture.

     (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in
relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full
force and effect.

     (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation
to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the
other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as
provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (regardless of whether due and payable) will
forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee.
The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as
the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary
Guarantee.

     Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

     Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, and to the extent
permitted by applicable law, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree
that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after
giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed

95

 

liabilities of such
Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from,
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10,
result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

     Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee Notation.

     To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby
agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D
hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its
Officers.

     Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof
will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation
of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is
endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will
constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the
Guarantors.

     In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required by Section 4.16 hereof, the
Company will cause such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section
4.16 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

     Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into
(regardless of whether such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the
Company or another Guarantor, unless:

     (a) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists;

     (b) either:

     (i) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, if it is not such Guarantor, the Person acquiring
the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor

96

 

under this Indenture,
its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein
or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, in which case the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor will
be released as contemplated by Section 10.05 hereof; or

     (ii) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10
hereof.

     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the
successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory
in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and
punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by
the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the
same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may
cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes
issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the
Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and
benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been
issued at the date of the execution hereof.

     Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (b)(i) and (ii)
above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or
merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or
conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor.

     Section 10.05. Releases.

     (a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all
of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then
such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property
(in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such
Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon
delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will
execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from
its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

97

 

     (b) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee.

     (c) Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

     (d) Upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is permitted by this
Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; provided no
Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

     Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in
this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium
and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under
this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11

Satisfaction and Discharge

     Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

     This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes
issued hereunder, when:

     (a) either:

     (i) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that
have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and
thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

     (ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become
due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will
become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the
benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a
combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as
will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and
discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of
maturity or redemption;

98

 

     (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to
such deposit);

     (c) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any
Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

     (d) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under
this Indenture; and

     (e) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to
apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as
the case may be.

     In addition, the Company must deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate, stating
that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (a) through (e) of this Section 11.01 have been
satisfied, and (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary
assumptions and qualifications), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (c) and
(e) of this Section 11.01 have been satisfied; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to
clause (c) above may be to the knowledge of such counsel.

     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (ii) of clause (a) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of
Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be
deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     Section 11.02. Application of Trust Money.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and
interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof;
provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages,
if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of

99

 

such Notes to receive such payment from the
money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

Miscellaneous

     Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

     If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by
TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

     Section 12.02. Notices.

     Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly
given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return
receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery,
to the others’ address:

     If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

Facsimile No.: (713) 292-2455

Attention: Charles Casalinova

     With a copy to:

Andrews Kurth LLP

600 Travis, Suite 4200

Houston, Texas 77002

Facsimile No.: (713) 238-7368

Attention: Jeff Dodd

     If to the Trustee:

BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas

Bank of Texas Corporate Trust

1401 McKinney, Suite 100

Houston, Texas 77010

Facsimile No.: 713.260.5623

Attention: Corporate Trust Office

     The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

100

 

     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been
duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by
facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

     Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or
registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to
its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be
so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to
mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with
respect to other Holders.

     If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

     If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Agent at the same time.

     Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

     Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else
shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

     Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this
Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

     (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion
of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; provided that no such Officers’ Certificate
shall be delivered on the Issue Date in connection with the original issuance of the initial Global
Notes; and

     (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which
must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied; provided that no such
Opinion of Counsel shall be delivered on the Issue Date in connection with the original issuance of
the initial Global Notes.

     Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

101

 

     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply
with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
condition;

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or
not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.

     Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar
or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

     Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member,
manager or partner of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

     Section 12.08. Governing Law.

     THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES
AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

     Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

     This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the
Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may
not be used to interpret this Indenture.

     Section 12.10. Successors.

102

 

     All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each
Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05
hereof.

     Section 12.11. Severability.

     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

     Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals.

     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

     Section 12.13 . Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of
this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following page]

103

 

SIGNATURES

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WCA Waste Corporation

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael A. Roy 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President
and General Counsel 	 
	 
	 	American Waste, LLC

Boxer Realty Redevelopment, LLC

Burnt Poplar Transfer, L.L.C.

Champion City Recovery, LLC

Eagle Ridge Landfill, LLC

Emerald Waste Services, LLC

EWS Central Florida Hauling, LLC

Material Recovery, LLC

Material Reclamation, LLC

N.E. Land Fill, LLC

New Amsterdam & Seneca Railroad Company, LLC

Pauls Valley Landfill, LLC

Sooner Waste, L.L.C.

Sunny Farms Landfill, LLC

Texas Environmental Waste Services, LLC

Transit Waste, LLC

TransLift, LLC

Waste Corporation of Arkansas, LLC

Waste Corporation of Kansas, Inc.

Waste Corporation of Missouri, Inc.

Waste Corporation of Tennessee, Inc.

WCA Capital, Inc.

WCA Holdings Corporation

WCA Management Limited, Inc.

WCA Management General, Inc.

WCA of Alabama, L.L.C.

WCA of Central Florida, Inc.

WCA of Chickasha, Inc.

WCA of Florida, Inc.

WCA of High Point, LLC

WCA of Massachusetts, LLC

WCA of Mississippi, LLC

WCA of North Carolina, LLC

WCA of Ohio,LLC

WCA of Oklahoma, LLC

 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WCA of St. Lucie, LLC

WCA Shiloh Landfill, L.L.C.

WCA Texas Management General, Inc.

WCA Wake Transfer Station, LLC

WCA Waste Systems, Inc.

WRH Gainesville Holdings, LLC

WRH Gainesville, LLC

WRH Orange City, LLC

 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                 /s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Michael A. Roy 	 
	 	 	Vice President and General Counsel 	 
	 
	 	WCA Management Company, L.P.

 	 
	 	By:  	WCA
Management General, Inc., 
its sole general partner
 	 
	 
	 	By:  	                                         /s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Michael A. Roy, Vice President 	 
	 
	 	Waste Corporation of Texas, L.P.; Fort Bend Regional

Landfill L.P. and Ruffino Hills Transfer Station, L.P.

 	 
	 	By:  	WCA Texas Management General, Inc., its sole
 general partner
 	 
	 
	 	By:  	                                         /s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Michael A. Roy, Vice President 	 
	 
	 	BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Riley Salyer
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Riley Salyer 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

CUSIP/CINS __________

71/2% Senior Note due 2019

			
	 	 	 
	No. ___
	 	$__________

WCA WASTE CORPORATION

promises to pay to _____________________________ or registered assigns,

the principal sum of _________________________ DOLLARS on June 15, 2019.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

Dated: __________, 20__

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WCA Waste Corporation

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas,

as Trustee

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

A-1

 

[Back of Note]

71/2% Senior Note due 2019

     [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

     [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture]

     Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to
below unless otherwise indicated.

     (1) Interest. WCA Waste Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at 71/2% per annum until maturity and shall pay the
Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement
referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in
arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue
from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from
the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and
if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment
Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2011. To the
extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest
in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to
time on demand at the same rate as in effect on the Notes; it will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time
to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of
a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

     (2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of
business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes
are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided
in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as
to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the
option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check
mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that
payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal
of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes
the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying
Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debt.

A-1

 

     (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas, the Trustee under the
Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice to any Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall at all times
maintain a Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

     (4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 7, 2011 (the
“Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The
Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a
statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express
provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The
Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate
principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

     (5) Optional Redemption.

     (a) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address, at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date.

     The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the
Make-Whole Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of
the Make-Whole Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee
shall not be responsible for such calculation.

     “Make-Whole Price” with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the
greater of:

     (i) 100% of the principal amount of such Notes; and

     (ii) the sum of the present values of (A) the redemption price of such Notes at June 15, 2014
(as set forth below) and (B) the remaining scheduled payments of interest from the redemption date
to June 15, 2014 (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the
redemption date) discounted back to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day
year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 50 basis
points.

     Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Make-Whole Price, on and after the applicable
redemption date, interest and Liquidated Damage, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes to be
redeemed.

A-1

 

     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to Notes to be redeemed, the U.S. Treasury
security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity most nearly equal to the
period from the redemption date to June 15, 2014, at the time of selection and in accordance with
customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities; provided if such
period is less than one year, then the U.S. Treasury security having a maturity of one year shall
be used.

     “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of
four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and
lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four
such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations.

     “Independent Investment Banker” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and its successors,
or, if such firm or the successors, if any, to such firm, as the case may be, are unwilling or
unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of
national standing appointed by the Company.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and three additional
primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”)
selected by the Company, and its successors (provided, however, that if any such firm or any such
successor, as the case may be, shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in New
York City, the Company shall substitute therefore another Primary Treasury Dealer).

     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer
and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for
the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

     “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading
which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated “H.15(159)” or any successor publication that is published
weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and that establishes yields on
actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury
Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no
maturity is within three months before or after the stated maturity, yields for the two published
maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined, and the
Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis,
rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published
during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum
equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated
using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount)
equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption

A-2

 

date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption
date.

     (b) On and after June 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, from time
to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage	 
	2014
	 	 	105.625	%
	2015
	 	 	103.750	%
	2016
	 	 	101.875	%
	2017 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (c) Prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the Indenture (which may include
Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price
equal to 107.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to
be redeemed to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that

     (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the
Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries), remains outstanding
after each such redemption; and

     (ii) the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

     (d) Any redemption or notice of redemption may, at the discretion of the Company, be subject
to one or more conditions precedent. Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given
prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may at
the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not
limited to completion of the related Equity Offering.

     (6) Mandatory Redemption.

     The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes.

     (7) Repurchase at the Option of Holder.

A-3

 

     (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price
in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of
purchase subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of
Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a
notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as
required by the Indenture.

     (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset
Sale, within ten Business Days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all
holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes
containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to
purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to
Section 4.10 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including
any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of
the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to
the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the
extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such
Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by
the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall
select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale
Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to
the Notes.

     (8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a
redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a
satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be
redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder
are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption.

     (9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The

A-4

 

transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during
the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

     (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for
all purposes.

     (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the
Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including
Additional Notes, if any), voting as a single class, and subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the
Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional
Notes, if any), voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the
Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place
of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations
to Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of
all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable, to effect the
release of a Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and the termination of such Subsidiary
Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture governing such release and
termination, to add any Subsidiary Guarantees or to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees,
to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes
or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to
comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the
Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular, to the extent that such provision in that
“Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture,
the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in
accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to provide for a successor Trustee
in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

     (12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default in any payment of interest
on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes when due, continued for 30 days; (ii)
default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or
premium, if any, on, the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to comply with its obligations under Section 4.10, 4.11 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 30 days

A-5

 

with Sections 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to
comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; provided, however, that with
respect to a failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture, such period shall
be 120 days after such notice to the Company, rather than 60 days; (vi) default under certain other
agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vii) certain final judgments for the payment of
money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary; or (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is
held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf denies or disaffirms its
obligations under such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes shall declare all of the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in clause (viii) above, all outstanding Notes will
become due and payable immediately without further action or notice (subject to applicable law).
Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to
certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from
Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the
payment of principal, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any). The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf
of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the
Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance
with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of
Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

     (13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may
make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and
may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

     (14) No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder,
member, manager or partner of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

A-6

 

     (15) Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

     (16) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=
joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

     (17) Additional Rights and obligations of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights and obligations provided to Holders of Notes under the
Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all of the
rights and obligations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 7, 2011,
among the Company, the Guarantors and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, in its capacity as
representative of the Initial Purchasers or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted
Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more
registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties
thereto, relating to rights and obligations given by the Company and the Guarantors to the
purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). By such
Holders acceptance of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, such Holder
acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without
limitation, the obligations of the Holders with respect to the indemnification of the Company to
the extent provided therein.

     (18) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the
Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.
No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.

     (19) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

     The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

A-7

 

Assignment Form

     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

	 	 	 

	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this
Note to:	 	 
	 

	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	 
	 	 
	 

	 

	 	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	 

	 
	 	 
	 

	 
	 	 
	 

	 

	 	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ___________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 Your Signature:  	
 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Signature Guarantee*:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

 

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature
guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-8

 

Option of Holder To Elect Purchase

     If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

	 	 	 

	o Section 4.10
	 	o Section 4.14

     If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$ ______________

Date: ___________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	  Your Signature:  	
 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Tax Identification No.:  	
 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Signature Guarantee*:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

 

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature
guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9

 

Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note * 

     The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note
or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an
interest in this Global Note, have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	this Global Note	 	Signature of
	 	 	 	 	Amount of decrease	 	Amount of increase	 	following such	 	authorized officer
	 	 	 	 	in Principal Amount	 	in Principal Amount	 	decrease (or	 	of Trustee or
	Date of Exchange	 	of this Global Note	 	of this Global Note	 	increase)	 	Custodian

 

			
	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-10

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

[Registrar address block]

     Re: 71/2% Senior Notes due 2019

     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 7, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among
WCA Waste Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and BOKF, NA dba
Bank of Texas, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture.

     ____________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest
in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $_________ in such Note[s]
or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in
Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

     1. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or
a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and
in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is
purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more
accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person
and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the
proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     2. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the
United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was

B-1

 

outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was
executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with
a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of
the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the
Restricted Period, (x) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser) and (y) the interest transferred will be
held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

     3.o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive
Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The
Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

     (a) such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act;

or

     (b) such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

     (c) such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

     4. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

     (a) o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities

B-2

 

Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     (b)o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance
with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     (c)o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated: ______________________

B-3

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

	 	(a)   o	 	a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)   o	 	144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or
	 
	 	(ii)   o	 	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

	 	(b)   o	 	a Restricted Definitive Note.

	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

	 	(a)   o	 	a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)   o	 	144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or
	 
	 	(ii)   o	 	 Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP __________), or
	 
	 	(iii)   o	 	Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP __________); or

	 	(b)   o	 	a Restricted Definitive Note; or
	 
	 	(c)   o	 	 an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

     in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

[Registrar address block]

     Re: 71/2% Senior Notes due 2019

(CUSIP __________)

     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 7, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among
WCA Waste Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and BOKF, NA dba
Bank of Texas, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture.

     ____________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in
such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $__________ in such Note[s] or interests
(the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

     1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note
for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

     (a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States.

     (b)
o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note
is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the

C-1

 

restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.

     (c)
o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

     (d) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In
connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the
Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act
and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

     2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

     (a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

     (b)
o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]o 144A Global Note, oRegulation S Global Note with an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes

C-2

 

and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the
proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued
will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated: ______________________

C-3

 

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE NOTATION]

     For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the
Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the
Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of June 7, 2011 (the “Indenture”)
among WCA Waste Corporation, (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and BOKF, NA d/b/a Bank
of Texas, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium
and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and
interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other
obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of
such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant
to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the
Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture or the precise terms of the Subsidiary
Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions.

     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	

[Insert Name of Guarantor(s)]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated: ______________________

D-1

 

EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________, 20___,
among __________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of WCA Waste Corporation (or its
permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as
defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas, as trustee under the
Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of June 7, 2011 providing for the issuance of 71/2% Senior Notes due 2019 (the
“Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the
Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”);
and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes
as follows:

     1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture.

     2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subsidiary
Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

     4. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator, stockholder, member, manager, partner or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as
such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary
under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive

E-1

 

liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver
is against public policy.

     5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

     6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

     7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof.

     8. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the
recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and
the Company.

E-2

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: _________________, 20___

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	WCA Waste Corporation

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	[Existing Guarantors]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

E-3exv10w1

Exhibit 10.1

$175,000,000

WCA WASTE CORPORATION

7.50% Senior Notes due 2019

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

June 7, 2011

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,

As Representative of the several Initial Purchasers

   Eleven Madison Avenue

   New York, New York 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

     WCA Waste Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to
the several initial purchasers named in Schedule A of the Purchase Agreement (the “Initial
Purchasers”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated as of May 26, 2011 (the
“Purchase Agreement”) by and among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, as representative (the “Representative”) of the several Initial Purchasers,
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.50% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Initial
Securities”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guaranties”) by all existing and future
domestic restricted subsidiaries as set forth in Schedule A hereto (the “Guarantors”). The Initial
Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of June 7, 2011 (the “Indenture”)
among the Company, the Guarantors and BOKF, NA dba Bank of Texas, as trustee (the “Trustee”). As an
inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Initial
Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without
limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private
Exchange Securities (as defined below) (collectively the “Holders”), as follows:

     1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall, at their own cost, prepare
and use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“Commission”) a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an
appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect
to a proposed offer (the “Registered Exchange Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the
Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such
Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt
securities (the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in
all material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the transfer restrictions relating to
the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof)
that would be registered under the Securities Act. The Company and the Guarantors shall use all
commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become
effective under the Securities Act within 310 days (or if the 310th day is not a business day, the
first business day thereafter) after the date of original issue of the Initial Securities (the
“Issue Date”) and shall keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than

 

 

30 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered
Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration
Period”).

     If the Company and the Guarantors effect the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the
Guarantors will close the Registered Exchange Offer and issue the Exchange Securities for all of
the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered
Exchange Offer on or prior to 30 business days after the commencement thereof (or longer, if
required by applicable law).

     Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the
objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
(as defined in Section 6 hereof) electing to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange
Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the
Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business
and has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange
Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the
Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without
any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under
the securities laws of the several states of the United States.

     The Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the
Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption
therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Securities, acquired for
its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange
Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information
set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures”
section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of
Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities
received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial
Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Securities constituting
any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information
required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in
connection with such sale.

     The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus
contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons
subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as
such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities;
provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement
thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or the Initial Purchasers, such period shall be
the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and an Initial Purchaser have
sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j)
below) and (ii) the Company and the Guarantors shall make such prospectus and any amendment or
supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any
Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered
Exchange Offer.

     If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial
Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company and the

2

 

Guarantors, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such
Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by such
Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the
Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on
transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United
States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the
Initial Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange
Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities”.

     In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

     (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

     (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required
by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;

     (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in
the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the
Trustee;

     (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business,
New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open;
and

     (e) otherwise comply with all applicable laws.

     As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private
Exchange, as the case may be, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

     (x) accept for exchange all of the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;

     (y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all of the Initial Securities so accepted for
exchange; and

     (z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial
Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in
principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

     The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all of the Securities will vote and consent
together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or
consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

     Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment
date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if
no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the Issue Date.

     Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to
the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer

3

 

(i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of
business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the
Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,
(iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer,
that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities
that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it
will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantors will ensure that
(i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming
part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any
amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading.

     2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations
thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company or any Guarantor is not permitted to effect a
Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer
is not consummated within 225 days after the Issue Date or (iii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20th business day following consummation of
the Registered Exchange Offer that (A) it is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from
participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities
acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and
the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or
available for such resales, or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Initial Securities acquired
directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the Company and the Guarantors shall take
the following actions:

     (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall, at their cost, as promptly as practicable (but in no
event more than 90 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2) use commercially
reasonable efforts to file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its commercially reasonable
efforts to cause to be declared effective within 310 days after so required or requested pursuant
to this Section 2 (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) a registration statement
(the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a
“Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and
sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) by the Holders thereof
from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf
Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf
Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be
entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such
Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such
Holder.

4

 

     (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the
Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included
therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of one
year (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) from the Issue Date or
such shorter period that will terminate when all of the Securities covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement (i) have been sold pursuant thereto or (ii) are no longer restricted
securities (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof) (such
period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”).

     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company and
the Guarantors shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement,
amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of
the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading.

     3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section
2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1
hereof, the following provisions shall apply:

     (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall (i) furnish to the Representative, prior to the
filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof
and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial
Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is
participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and
the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document,
when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose,
which are received by the Company within 3 business days after the receipt of such document; (ii)
include the information substantially in the form set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in
Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer”
section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a
part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D
hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if
requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of
Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to
the Representative, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made
by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any
broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer
in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or
policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or
policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Representative based upon advice of counsel (which may
be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf
Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Rule 430B(b) under the Securities Act, in a prospectus
supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Rule 430B(f) under the Securities Act) that is
delivered to any

5

 

Holder pursuant to Sections 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders who propose to sell Securities
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling securityholders.

     (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall give written notice to the Representative and any
Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be
a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer, (which notice pursuant to clauses
(ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until
the requisite changes have been made):

     (i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the
Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become
effective;

     (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by
the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration
Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an
“ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

     (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to
the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

     (v) except to the extent otherwise incorporated therein by reference, of the happening of any
event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in
order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a
material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made) not misleading.

     (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the
withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement.

     (d) To the extent not available on the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov, the Company and
the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Securities named in the Shelf Registration, without
charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or
supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in
writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company and
the Guarantors shall not, without the prior consent of the Representative, make any offer relating
to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under
the Securities Act.

     (e) To the extent not available on the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov, the Company and
the Guarantors shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and the Representative, and to any other
Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules,
and, if the Representative or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those
incorporated by reference).

6

 

     (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to
each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge,
as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf
Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably
request. The Company and the Guarantors consent, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to
the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of
the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the
prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

     (g) The Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging
Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus
following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus
included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as
such persons may reasonably request. The Company and the Guarantors consent, subject to the
provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons
required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the
offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

     (h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the
Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify or
cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in
connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the
securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities
reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or
advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such
Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be
required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so
qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to
taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

     (i) The Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be
sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such
denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time
prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

     (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section
3(b) above during the period for which the Company and the Guarantors are required to maintain an
effective Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly prepare and file a
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus
and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or
purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company
notifies the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating
Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the
use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the
Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall
suspend use of such

7

 

prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in
Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above
shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such
notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any
known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus
pursuant to this Section 3(j). During the period during which the Company and the Guarantors are
required to maintain an effective Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, the
Company and the Guarantors will prior to the three-year expiration of that Shelf Registration
Statement file, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective
(unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) within a period that avoids any
interruption in the ability of Holders of Securities covered by the expiring Shelf Registration
Statement to make registered dispositions, a new registration statement relating to the Securities,
which shall be deemed the “Shelf Registration Statement” for purposes of this Agreement.

     (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company
and the Guarantors will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities
or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with
printed certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange
Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

     (l) The Company and the Guarantors will comply with all rules and regulations of the
Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the
Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide
in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the
provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a
12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the
Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement,
which statement shall cover such 12-month period.

     (m) The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall
be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the
appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee
thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

     (n) The Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant
to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder
and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for
inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration
the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a
reasonable time after receiving such request.

     (o) The Company and the Guarantors shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if
requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as
any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the
Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.

     (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) make
reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating
in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney,

8

 

accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company
and the Guarantors and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and
auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities
or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons to conduct a
reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however,
that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the
Initial Purchasers by the Representative and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel
designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.

     (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company and the Guarantors, if requested by any
Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates
thereof relating to the Securities substantially in the forms provided pursuant to Sections 7(c)
and (d) of the Purchase Agreement with such changes as are customary in connection with the
preparation of a Registration Statement addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if
any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf
Registration Statement, (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and
certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities, dated
the date of the closing of such offering of such Securities, and (iii) its independent public
accountants to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter
therefor a comfort letter dated the date of the closing of such offering of such Securities, in
customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in
connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as
contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72.

     (r) [Intentionally Omitted].

     (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery
of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the
Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case
may be, the Company and the Guarantors shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Initial
Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the
Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the
Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

     (t) The Company and the Guarantors will use their commercially reasonable efforts to, if the
Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm
such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement.

     (u) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any
Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in
the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Rules”) of the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority, Inc.) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a
placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company and
the Guarantors will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules,
including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require,
engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720) to participate in the
preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards
of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such
Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is

9

 

made through a placement or sales agent,
to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of
underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such
broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of
the Rules.

     (v) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all
other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration
Statement contemplated hereby.

     4. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall bear all fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof
(including the reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the
Initial Purchasers, incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer), whether or not the
Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event
of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for
the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the
Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith.

     5. Indemnification. (a) The Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless
each Holder of the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who
controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act
or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are
referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to,
any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the
Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise
out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in
any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the
Securities Act (an “Issuer FWP”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based
upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as
incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in
respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable in
any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a
Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any
preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company or any
Guarantor by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect
to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary
prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this
subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from
whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Securities
concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Securities was required to be delivered
(including through satisfaction of the conditions of Rule 172 under the Securities Act) by such
Holder or Participating Broker-

10

 

Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and
any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there
was not conveyed to such person, at or prior to the time of the sale of such Securities to such
person, an amended or supplemented prospectus or, if permitted by Section 3(d), an Issuer FWP
correcting such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission if the Company
or any Guarantor had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating
Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
liability which the Company or any Guarantor may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The
Company and the Guarantors shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each
person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act
to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the
Securities if requested by such Holders.

     (b) Each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless
the Company and each Guarantor, their directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls
the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the
Company or any Guarantor or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in
any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company or any Guarantor by or
on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set
forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company and the
Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and each Guarantor,
their directors and officers or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or
defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement
will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of
its controlling persons.

     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the
commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified
party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have
under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced
(through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further
that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it
may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such
action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the
extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume
the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not,
except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after
notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this
Section 5 for any legal or other expenses,

11

 

other than reasonable costs of investigation,
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written
consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in
respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional
release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of
such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of fault, culpability or
a failure to act by or on behalf of, any indemnified party.

     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to
hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b)
above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the
exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation
provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the
relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on
the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any
Guarantor on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on
the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result
of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection
(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of
this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the
Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net
proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by
reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty
of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall
be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such
indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same
rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company
or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same
rights to contribution as the Company or any Guarantor.

     (e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities
pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any
indemnified party.

     6. Liquidated Damages Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Liquidated damages (the “Liquidated
Damages”) with respect to the Initial Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the
following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (v) below a “Registration Default”):

12

 

     (i) If by April 12, 2012, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective
by the Commission;

     (ii) If the Shelf Registration Statement is not filed on or prior to 90 days after such filing
obligation arises;

     (iii) If the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to 310 days
after such filing obligation arises;

     (iv) If within 30 business days after becoming effective, the Registered Exchange Offer is not
consummated; or

     (v) If after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration
Statement is declared (or becomes automatically) effective (A) such Registration Statement
thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B) such Registration Statement or the related prospectus
ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b)) in connection with resales of Transfer
Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein.

With respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first
Registration Default, Liquidated Damages shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities over
and above the interest set forth in the title of the Securities from and including the date on
which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such
Registration Defaults have been cured, in an amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of Liquidated Damages will increase by an
additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with
respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a
maximum amount of Liquidated Damages for all Registration Defaults of $0.20 per week per $1,000
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults
relating to any Transfer Restricted Securities, Liquidated Damages shall cease to accrue.

     (b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(v)(B) hereof shall be deemed
not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related
prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a
post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited
financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet
effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y)
other material events with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf
Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is
proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and
related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case, if such
Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Liquidated Damages shall
be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs
until such Registration Default is cured.

     (c) Any amounts of Liquidated Damages due pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of
Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to
the Initial Securities to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee by wire transfer of
immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to holders of certificated Securities by
wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses
if no such accounts have been specified. The amount of Liquidated Damages will be determined by
multiplying the applicable Liquidated Damages rate by the principal amount of the Initial
Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the

13

 

number of days such Liquidated
Damages rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is
360.

     (d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Initial Security until (i) the date on which
such Initial Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely
transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a
broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Security for an Exchange Security, the
date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on
or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which the resale of such Initial Security has been
effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf
Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 6: (1) the amount of Liquidated Damages
payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending,
and a Holder of a Transfer Restricted Security who is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf
Registration Statement (i.e., such Holder has not elected to furnish information to the Company in
accordance with Section 3(n) hereof) shall not be entitled to Liquidated Damages with respect to a
Shelf Registration Default; and (2) no Holder who (x) was eligible to exchange such Holder’s
outstanding Securities at the time the Exchange Offer was pending and consummated and (y) failed to
validly tender such Securities for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer shall be entitled to
receive any Liquidated Damages that would otherwise accrue subsequent to the date the Exchange
Offer is consummated.

     7. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable
efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange
Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file
such reports, they will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly
available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to
Rules 144 and 144A under the Securities Act. The Company and the Guarantors covenant that they will
take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request, all to the
extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without
registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144
and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company and the Guarantors will
provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the
Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial
Securities, the Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to
whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this
Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the
Exchange Act.

     8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any
Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be
selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted
Securities to be included in such offering.

     No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i)
agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements
and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney,

14

 

indemnities, underwriting
agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements.

     9. Miscellaneous.

     (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or
supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given,
except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent.

     (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which
guarantees overnight delivery:

            (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the
Company.

            (2) if to the Initial Purchasers:

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010-3629

Fax No.: (212) 325-4296

Attention: Transactions Advisory Group

with
a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Fax No.: (212) 701-5808

Attention: Michael Kaplan

             (3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, TX 77056

Fax No.: (713) 292-2455

Attention: Mike Roy

with a copy to:

Andrews Kurth LLP

600 Travis Street, Suite 4200

Houston, TX 77002

Fax No.: (713) 238-7356

Attention: Jeff Dodd

     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile

15

 

machine operator,
if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery.

     (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor has, as of the date
hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with
respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

     (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and the
Guarantors and its successors and assigns.

     (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall
not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

     (g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     (h) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application
thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions
contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

     (i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified
percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company
or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are
deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted
in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required
percentage.

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts,
will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company and the
Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

16

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

WCA Waste Corporation

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael A. Roy 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President and General Counsel 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	American Waste, LLC 

Boxer Realty Redevelopment, LLC

Burnt Poplar Transfer, LLC

Champion City Recovery, LLC

Eagle Ridge Landfill, LLC

Emerald Waste Services, LLC

EWS Central Florida Hauling, LLC

Material Recovery, LLC

Material Reclamation, LLC

N.E. Land Fill, LLC

New Amsterdam & Seneca Railroad Company, LLC

Pauls Valley Landfill, LLC

Sooner Waste, LLC

Sunny Farms Landfill LLC

Texas Environmental Waste Services, LLC

Transit Waste, LLC

Translift, LLC

Waste Corporation of Arkansas, LLC

Waste Corporation of Kansas, Inc.

Waste Corporation of Missouri, Inc.

Waste Corporation of Tennessee, Inc.

WCA Capital, Inc.

WCA Holdings Corporation

WCA Management General, Inc.

WCA Management Limited, Inc.

WCA of Alabama, LLC

WCA of Central Florida, Inc.

WCA of Chickasha, Inc.

WCA of Florida, LLC

WCA of High Point, LLC

WCA of Massachusetts, LLC

WCA of Mississippi, LLC

WCA of North Carolina, LLC

WCA of Ohio, LLC

WCA of Oklahoma, LLC

WCA of St. Lucie, LLC

WCA Shiloh Landfill, LLC

WCA Texas Management General, Inc.

WCA Wake Transfer Station, LLC

WCA Waste Systems, Inc.

WRH Gainesville Holdings, LLC

WRH Gainesville, LLC

WRH Orange City, LLC 

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael A. Roy  	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President of each of the foregoing entities	 

18

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WCA Management Company, L.P.

 	 
	 	By:  	WCA Management General, Inc,
 	 
	 	 	its sole general partner 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael A. Roy 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 
	 	Waste Corporation of Texas, L.P., 

Fort Bend Regional Landfill L.P. and 

Ruffino Hills Transfer Station, L.P.

 	 
	 	By:  	WCA Texas Management
 General, Inc., their sole general
   partner
 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael A. Roy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael A. Roy 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

The foregoing Registration

Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed

and accepted as of the date first

above written.

Acting on behalf of itself

and as the Representative

of the several Initial Purchasers

					
	 	

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael Speller
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael Speller 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Managing Director 	 

19

 

	 	 	 	 	 

SCHEDULE A1

American Waste, LLC

Boxer Realty Redevelopment, LLC

Burnt Poplar Transfer, LLC

Champion City Recovery, LLC

Eagle Ridge Landfill, LLC

Fort Bend Regional Landfill, LP

Material Recovery, LLC

Material Reclamation, LLC

N.E. Land Fill, LLC

New Amsterdam & Seneca Railroad Company, LLC

Pauls Valley Landfill, LLC

Ruffino Hills Transfer Station, LP

Sooner Waste, LLC

Sunny Farms Landfill LLC

Texas Environmental Waste Services, LLC

Transit Waste, LLC

TransLift, LLC

Waste Corporation of Texas, LP

Waste Corporation of Arkansas, LLC

Waste Corporation of Kansas, Inc.

Waste Corporation of Missouri, Inc.

Waste Corporation of Tennessee, Inc.

WCA Capital, Inc.

WCA Holdings Corporation

WCA Management Company, LP

WCA Management General, Inc.

WCA Management Limited, Inc.

WCA of Alabama, LLC

WCA of Central Florida, Inc.

WCA of Chickasha, Inc.

WCA of Florida, LLC

WCA of High Point, LLC

WCA of Massachusetts, LLC

WCA of Mississippi, LLC

WCA of North Carolina, LLC

WCA of Ohio, LLC

WCA of Oklahoma, LLC

WCA of St. Lucie, LLC

WCA Shiloh Landfill, LLC

WCA Texas Management General, Inc.

WCA Wake Transfer Station, LLC

WCA Waste Systems, Inc.

 

20

 

ANNEX A

     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter”
within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities
received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company and
the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined
herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

21

 

ANNEX B

     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for
Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

22

 

ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in
exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company and the Guarantors have agreed
that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended
or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In
addition, until      , 20   , all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be
required to deliver a prospectus.(1)

     The Company and the Guarantors will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange
Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange
Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of
resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale
may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation
in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such
Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it
for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a
distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter”
within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company and the Guarantors will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this
Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The
Company and the Guarantors have agreed to pay all reasonable expenses incident to the Exchange
Offer (including the reasonable expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other
than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the
Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.

 

			
	(1)	 	In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of
Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the
Exchange Offer prospectus.

23

 

ANNEX D

	o 	 	 CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
	 
	 	 	   Name:
	 
	 	 	   Address:

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in,
and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial
Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange
Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not
be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

24

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}]]